LL TIM Constants ¶
Get Flags Defines ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_GET_FLAG
-
Flags defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG function.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
¶
-
Update interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1IF
TIM_SR_CC1IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2IF
TIM_SR_CC2IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3IF
TIM_SR_CC3IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4IF
TIM_SR_CC4IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC5IF
TIM_SR_CC5IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 5 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC6IF
TIM_SR_CC6IF
¶
-
Capture/compare 6 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_COMIF
TIM_SR_COMIF
¶
-
COM interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TIF
TIM_SR_TIF
¶
-
Trigger interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_BIF
TIM_SR_BIF
¶
-
Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_B2IF
TIM_SR_B2IF
¶
-
Second break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_SBIF
TIM_SR_SBIF
¶
-
System Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1OF
TIM_SR_CC1OF
¶
-
Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2OF
TIM_SR_CC2OF
¶
-
Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3OF
TIM_SR_CC3OF
¶
-
Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4OF
TIM_SR_CC4OF
¶
-
Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IDXF
TIM_SR_IDXF
¶
-
Index interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_DIRF
TIM_SR_DIRF
¶
-
Direction Change interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IERRF
TIM_SR_IERRF
¶
-
Index Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TERRF
TIM_SR_TERRF
¶
-
Transition Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_GET_FLAG
-
Flags defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG function.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
-
Update interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1IF
TIM_SR_CC1IF
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2IF
TIM_SR_CC2IF
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3IF
TIM_SR_CC3IF
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4IF
TIM_SR_CC4IF
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC5IF
TIM_SR_CC5IF
-
Capture/compare 5 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC6IF
TIM_SR_CC6IF
-
Capture/compare 6 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_COMIF
TIM_SR_COMIF
-
COM interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TIF
TIM_SR_TIF
-
Trigger interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_BIF
TIM_SR_BIF
-
Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_B2IF
TIM_SR_B2IF
-
Second break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_SBIF
TIM_SR_SBIF
-
System Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1OF
TIM_SR_CC1OF
-
Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2OF
TIM_SR_CC2OF
-
Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3OF
TIM_SR_CC3OF
-
Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4OF
TIM_SR_CC4OF
-
Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IDXF
TIM_SR_IDXF
-
Index interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_DIRF
TIM_SR_DIRF
-
Direction Change interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IERRF
TIM_SR_IERRF
-
Index Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TERRF
TIM_SR_TERRF
-
Transition Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
- group TIM_LL_EC_GET_FLAG
-
Flags defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG function.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
-
Update interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1IF
TIM_SR_CC1IF
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2IF
TIM_SR_CC2IF
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3IF
TIM_SR_CC3IF
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4IF
TIM_SR_CC4IF
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC5IF
TIM_SR_CC5IF
-
Capture/compare 5 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC6IF
TIM_SR_CC6IF
-
Capture/compare 6 interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_COMIF
TIM_SR_COMIF
-
COM interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TIF
TIM_SR_TIF
-
Trigger interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_BIF
TIM_SR_BIF
-
Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_B2IF
TIM_SR_B2IF
-
Second break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_SBIF
TIM_SR_SBIF
-
System Break interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC1OF
TIM_SR_CC1OF
-
Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC2OF
TIM_SR_CC2OF
-
Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC3OF
TIM_SR_CC3OF
-
Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_CC4OF
TIM_SR_CC4OF
-
Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IDXF
TIM_SR_IDXF
-
Index interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_DIRF
TIM_SR_DIRF
-
Direction Change interrupt flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_IERRF
TIM_SR_IERRF
-
Index Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_TERRF
TIM_SR_TERRF
-
Transition Error flag
-
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
TIM_SR_UIF
Break Enable ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_ENABLE
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
Break function disabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_BKE
-
Break function enabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
Break function disabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_BKE
-
Break function enabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
0x00000000U
Break2 Enable ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_ENABLE
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
Break2 function disabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_BK2E
-
Break2 function enabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
Break2 function disabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_BK2E
-
Break2 function enabled
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
0x00000000U
Automatic output enable ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
- group TIM_LL_EC_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
MOE can be set only by software
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_AOE
-
MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
MOE can be set only by software
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_AOE
-
MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event
-
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
0x00000000U
IT Defines ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IT
-
IT defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
¶
-
Update interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1IE
TIM_DIER_CC1IE
¶
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2IE
TIM_DIER_CC2IE
¶
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3IE
TIM_DIER_CC3IE
¶
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4IE
TIM_DIER_CC4IE
¶
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMIE
TIM_DIER_COMIE
¶
-
COM interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TIE
TIM_DIER_TIE
¶
-
Trigger interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_BIE
TIM_DIER_BIE
¶
-
Break interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IDXIE
TIM_DIER_IDXIE
¶
-
Index interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_DIRIE
TIM_DIER_DIRIE
¶
-
Direction Change interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IERRIE
TIM_DIER_IERRIE
¶
-
Index Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TERRIE
TIM_DIER_TERRIE
¶
-
Transition Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IT
-
IT defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
-
Update interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1IE
TIM_DIER_CC1IE
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2IE
TIM_DIER_CC2IE
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3IE
TIM_DIER_CC3IE
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4IE
TIM_DIER_CC4IE
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMIE
TIM_DIER_COMIE
-
COM interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TIE
TIM_DIER_TIE
-
Trigger interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_BIE
TIM_DIER_BIE
-
Break interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IDXIE
TIM_DIER_IDXIE
-
Index interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_DIRIE
TIM_DIER_DIRIE
-
Direction Change interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IERRIE
TIM_DIER_IERRIE
-
Index Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TERRIE
TIM_DIER_TERRIE
-
Transition Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
- group TIM_LL_EC_IT
-
IT defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
-
Update interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1IE
TIM_DIER_CC1IE
-
Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2IE
TIM_DIER_CC2IE
-
Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3IE
TIM_DIER_CC3IE
-
Capture/compare 3 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4IE
TIM_DIER_CC4IE
-
Capture/compare 4 interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMIE
TIM_DIER_COMIE
-
COM interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TIE
TIM_DIER_TIE
-
Trigger interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_BIE
TIM_DIER_BIE
-
Break interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IDXIE
TIM_DIER_IDXIE
-
Index interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_DIRIE
TIM_DIER_DIRIE
-
Direction Change interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_IERRIE
TIM_DIER_IERRIE
-
Index Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TERRIE
TIM_DIER_TERRIE
-
Transition Error interrupt enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
TIM_DIER_UIE
DMA request Defines ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMA
-
DMA request defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
¶
-
Update DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1DE
TIM_DIER_CC1DE
¶
-
Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2DE
TIM_DIER_CC2DE
¶
-
Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3DE
TIM_DIER_CC3DE
¶
-
Capture/compare 3 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4DE
TIM_DIER_CC4DE
¶
-
Capture/compare 4 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMDE
TIM_DIER_COMDE
¶
-
COM DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TDE
TIM_DIER_TDE
¶
-
Trigger DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMA
-
DMA request defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
-
Update DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1DE
TIM_DIER_CC1DE
-
Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2DE
TIM_DIER_CC2DE
-
Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3DE
TIM_DIER_CC3DE
-
Capture/compare 3 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4DE
TIM_DIER_CC4DE
-
Capture/compare 4 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMDE
TIM_DIER_COMDE
-
COM DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TDE
TIM_DIER_TDE
-
Trigger DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMA
-
DMA request defines which can be used with LL_TIM_READ_REG and LL_TIM_WRITE_REG functions.
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
-
Update DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1DE
TIM_DIER_CC1DE
-
Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2DE
TIM_DIER_CC2DE
-
Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3DE
TIM_DIER_CC3DE
-
Capture/compare 3 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4DE
TIM_DIER_CC4DE
-
Capture/compare 4 DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_COMDE
TIM_DIER_COMDE
-
COM DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_TDE
TIM_DIER_TDE
-
Trigger DMA request enable
-
LL_TIM_DIER_UDE
TIM_DIER_UDE
Update Source ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_UPDATESOURCE
- group TIM_LL_EC_UPDATESOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
0x00000000U
-
Counter overflow/underflow, Setting the UG bit or Update generation through the slave mode controller generates an update request
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER
TIM_CR1_URS
-
Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update request
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_UPDATESOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
0x00000000U
-
Counter overflow/underflow, Setting the UG bit or Update generation through the slave mode controller generates an update request
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER
TIM_CR1_URS
-
Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update request
-
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
0x00000000U
Counter Mode ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
¶
-
Counter used as upcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
TIM_CR1_DIR
¶
-
Counter used as downcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS_0
¶
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
TIM_CR1_CMS_1
¶
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS
¶
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up or down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
-
Counter used as upcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
TIM_CR1_DIR
-
Counter used as downcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS_0
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
TIM_CR1_CMS_1
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up or down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
-
Counter used as upcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
TIM_CR1_DIR
-
Counter used as downcounter
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS_0
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
TIM_CR1_CMS_1
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
TIM_CR1_CMS
-
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only when the counter is counting up or down.
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
0x00000000U
Clock Division ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
tDTS=tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2
TIM_CR1_CKD_0
-
tDTS=2*tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4
TIM_CR1_CKD_1
-
tDTS=4*tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
tDTS=tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2
TIM_CR1_CKD_0
-
tDTS=2*tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4
TIM_CR1_CKD_1
-
tDTS=4*tTIM_KER_CK
-
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
0x00000000U
Counter Direction ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERDIRECTION
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERDIRECTION
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
0x00000000U
-
Timer counter counts up
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_DOWN
TIM_CR1_DIR
-
Timer counter counts down
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERDIRECTION
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
0x00000000U
-
Timer counter counts up
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_DOWN
TIM_CR1_DIR
-
Timer counter counts down
-
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
0x00000000U
Capture Compare Update Source ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCUPDATESOURCE
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCUPDATESOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE
0x00000000U
-
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit only
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE_AND_TRIGGER
TIM_CR2_CCUS
-
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit or when a rising edge occurs on trigger input (TRGI)
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCUPDATESOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE
0x00000000U
-
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit only
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE_AND_TRIGGER
TIM_CR2_CCUS
-
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit or when a rising edge occurs on trigger input (TRGI)
-
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_SOFTWARE
0x00000000U
Capture Compare DMA Request ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCDMAREQUEST
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCDMAREQUEST
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
0x00000000U
-
CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPD
TIM_CR2_CCDS
-
CCx DMA requests sent when update event occurs
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CCDMAREQUEST
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
0x00000000U
-
CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPD
TIM_CR2_CCDS
-
CCx DMA requests sent when update event occurs
-
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
0x00000000U
Lock Level ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_LOCKLEVEL
- group TIM_LL_EC_LOCKLEVEL
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
0x00000000U
-
LOCK OFF - No bit is write protected
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1
TIM_BDTR_LOCK_0
-
LOCK Level 1
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2
TIM_BDTR_LOCK_1
-
LOCK Level 2
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3
TIM_BDTR_LOCK
-
LOCK Level 3
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_LOCKLEVEL
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
0x00000000U
-
LOCK OFF - No bit is write protected
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1
TIM_BDTR_LOCK_0
-
LOCK Level 1
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2
TIM_BDTR_LOCK_1
-
LOCK Level 2
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3
TIM_BDTR_LOCK
-
LOCK Level 3
-
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
0x00000000U
Channel ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CHANNEL
-
Defines
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 1
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH2
0x00000001U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
TIM_CCER_CC1E
-
Timer input/output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1N
TIM_CCER_CC1NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
TIM_CCER_CC2E
-
Timer input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2N
TIM_CCER_CC2NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
TIM_CCER_CC3E
-
Timer input/output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3N
TIM_CCER_CC3NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
TIM_CCER_CC4E
-
Timer input/output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4N
TIM_CCER_CC4NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH5
TIM_CCER_CC5E
-
Timer output channel 5
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH6
TIM_CCER_CC6E
-
Timer output channel 6
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CHANNEL
-
Defines
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 1
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH2
0x00000001U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
TIM_CCER_CC1E
-
Timer input/output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1N
TIM_CCER_CC1NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
TIM_CCER_CC2E
-
Timer input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2N
TIM_CCER_CC2NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
TIM_CCER_CC3E
-
Timer input/output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3N
TIM_CCER_CC3NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
TIM_CCER_CC4E
-
Timer input/output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4N
TIM_CCER_CC4NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH5
TIM_CCER_CC5E
-
Timer output channel 5
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH6
TIM_CCER_CC6E
-
Timer output channel 6
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CHANNEL
-
Defines
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 1
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH2
0x00000001U
-
LPTIM input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
TIM_CCER_CC1E
-
Timer input/output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1N
TIM_CCER_CC1NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 1
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
TIM_CCER_CC2E
-
Timer input/output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2N
TIM_CCER_CC2NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 2
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
TIM_CCER_CC3E
-
Timer input/output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3N
TIM_CCER_CC3NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 3
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
TIM_CCER_CC4E
-
Timer input/output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4N
TIM_CCER_CC4NE
-
Timer complementary output channel 4
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH5
TIM_CCER_CC5E
-
Timer output channel 5
-
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH6
TIM_CCER_CC6E
-
Timer output channel 6
-
LL_LPTIM_CHANNEL_CH1
0x00000000U
Output Configuration State ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCSTATE
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCSTATE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
OCx is not active
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE
TIM_CCER_CC1E
-
OCx signal is output on the corresponding output pin
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCSTATE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
OCx is not active
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE
TIM_CCER_CC1E
-
OCx signal is output on the corresponding output pin
-
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE
0x00000000U
Output Configuration Mode ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
¶
-
The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the output channel level
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0
¶
-
OCyREF is forced high on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
¶
-
OCyREF is forced low on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
OCyREF toggles on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
¶
-
OCyREF is forced low
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
OCyREF is forced high
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
¶
-
In upcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive.In downcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
In upcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else active. In downcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else inactive
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM1
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
¶
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2)
¶
-
Combined PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
Combined PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
¶
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
¶
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3
|
TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1)
¶
-
Pulse on Compare mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3 | TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_0)
¶
-
Direction output mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
-
The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the output channel level
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0
-
OCyREF is forced high on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
-
OCyREF is forced low on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
OCyREF toggles on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
-
OCyREF is forced low
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
OCyREF is forced high
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
-
In upcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive.In downcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
In upcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else active. In downcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else inactive
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM1
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2)
-
Combined PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Combined PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3
|
TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1)
-
Pulse on Compare mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3 | TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_0)
-
Direction output mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
-
The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the output channel level
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0
-
OCyREF is forced high on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE_ON_MATCH
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
-
OCyREF is forced low on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
OCyREF toggles on compare match
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
-
OCyREF is forced low
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
OCyREF is forced high
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
-
In upcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive.In downcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
In upcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else active. In downcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else inactive
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM1
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Retrigerrable OPM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3
|
TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2)
-
Combined PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Combined PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM1
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1)
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 1
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASYMMETRIC_PWM2
(TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_3 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0)
-
Asymmetric PWM mode 2
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3
|
TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1)
-
Pulse on Compare mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT
(TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_3 | TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_1 \
| TIM_CCMR2_OC3M_0)
-
Direction output mode
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
0x00000000U
Output Configuration Polarity ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCPOLARITY
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCPOLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
0x00000000U
-
OCx active high
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
TIM_CCER_CC1P
-
OCx active low
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCPOLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
0x00000000U
-
OCx active high
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
TIM_CCER_CC1P
-
OCx active low
-
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
0x00000000U
Output Configuration Idle State ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCIDLESTATE
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCIDLESTATE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET
0x00000000U
-
OCx/OCxN=0 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_SET
TIM_CR2_OIS1
-
OCx/OCxN=1 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCIDLESTATE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET
0x00000000U
-
OCx/OCxN=0 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_SET
TIM_CR2_OIS1
-
OCx/OCxN=1 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
-
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET
0x00000000U
Compare Unit ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OC_COMPARE_UNIT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 1
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_2
1U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 2
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_3
2U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 3
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_4
3U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 4
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_5
4U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 5
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_6
5U
¶
-
Timer compare unit 6
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OC_COMPARE_UNIT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
-
Timer compare unit 1
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_2
1U
-
Timer compare unit 2
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_3
2U
-
Timer compare unit 3
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_4
3U
-
Timer compare unit 4
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_5
4U
-
Timer compare unit 5
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_6
5U
-
Timer compare unit 6
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OC_COMPARE_UNIT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
-
Timer compare unit 1
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_2
1U
-
Timer compare unit 2
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_3
2U
-
Timer compare unit 3
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_4
3U
-
Timer compare unit 4
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_5
4U
-
Timer compare unit 5
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_6
5U
-
Timer compare unit 6
-
LL_TIM_OC_COMPARE_UNIT_1
0U
GROUPCH5 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_GROUPCH5
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
¶
-
No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC1REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C1
¶
-
OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC2REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C2
¶
-
OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC3REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C3
¶
-
OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_GROUPCH5
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
-
No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC1REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C1
-
OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC2REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C2
-
OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC3REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C3
-
OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_GROUPCH5
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
-
No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC1REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C1
-
OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC2REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C2
-
OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_AND_OC3REFC
TIM_CCR5_GC5C3
-
OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
-
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
0x00000000U
Active Input Selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT
- group TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TIx
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TIy
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TRC
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
- group TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TIx
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TIy
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
ICx is mapped on TRC
-
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECT
(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
Input Configuration Prescaler ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
No prescaler, capture is done each time an edge is detected on the capture input
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
Capture is done once every 2 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
Capture is done once every 4 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
Capture is done once every 8 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
No prescaler, capture is done each time an edge is detected on the capture input
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 2 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 4 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 8 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
No prescaler, capture is done each time an edge is detected on the capture input
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 2 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 4 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
Capture is done once every 8 events
-
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
Input Configuration Filter ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1\
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS ) ¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1\
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1\
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_0) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
((TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_3 | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_2 \
| TIM_CCMR1_IC1F_1) <<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS )
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F
<<
LL_TIM_IC_CONFIG_POS
)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
Input Configuration Polarity ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
¶
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
TIM_CCER_CC1P
¶
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge, TIxFP1 is inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CCER_CC1P \
| TIM_CCER_CC1NP)
¶
-
The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
TIM_CCER_CC1P
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge, TIxFP1 is inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CCER_CC1P \
| TIM_CCER_CC1NP)
-
The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_IC_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
TIM_CCER_CC1P
-
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge, TIxFP1 is inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CCER_CC1P \
| TIM_CCER_CC1NP)
-
The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges, TIxFP1 is not inverted
-
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
0x00000000U
Clock Sources ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLK
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
¶
-
The timer is clocked by the internal clock provided from the RCC
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on a selected input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE2
TIM_SMCR_ECE
¶
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on the external trigger input ETR
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
¶
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI1FP1 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI2FP2 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI1
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0
¶
-
Quadrature encoder mode 1: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI2
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1
¶
-
Quadrature encoder mode 2: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X4_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Quadrature encoder mode 3: x4 mode, Counter counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending on the level of the other input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
¶
-
Encoder mode: Clock plus direction, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Encoder mode:Clock plus direction, x1 mode, TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2)
¶
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X1_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x1 mode, TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC1P and CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLK
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
-
The timer is clocked by the internal clock provided from the RCC
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on a selected input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE2
TIM_SMCR_ECE
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on the external trigger input ETR
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI1FP1 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI2FP2 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI1
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0
-
Quadrature encoder mode 1: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI2
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1
-
Quadrature encoder mode 2: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X4_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Quadrature encoder mode 3: x4 mode, Counter counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending on the level of the other input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Encoder mode: Clock plus direction, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Encoder mode:Clock plus direction, x1 mode, TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2)
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X1_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x1 mode, TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC1P and CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_CLK
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
-
The timer is clocked by the internal clock provided from the RCC
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on a selected input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_EXTERNAL_MODE2
TIM_SMCR_ECE
-
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on the external trigger input ETR
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI1FP1 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X1_TI2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Quadrature encoder mode: x1 mode, counting on TI2FP2 edges only, edge sensitivity is set by CC1P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI1
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0
-
Quadrature encoder mode 1: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X2_TI2
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1
-
Quadrature encoder mode 2: x2 mode, Counter counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_X4_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Quadrature encoder mode 3: x4 mode, Counter counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending on the level of the other input
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Encoder mode: Clock plus direction, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_CLK_PLUS_X1
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Encoder mode:Clock plus direction, x1 mode, TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X2
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_2)
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x2 mode
-
LL_TIM_CLK_ENCODER_DIR_CLK_X1_TI12
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Encoder mode: Directional Clock, x1 mode, TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edge sensitivity is set by CC1P and CC2P
-
LL_TIM_CLK_INTERNAL
0x00000000U
Trigger Output ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
¶
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS_0
¶
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS_1
¶
-
Update event is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_CC1IF
(TIM_CR2_MMS_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
¶
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS_2
¶
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
¶
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_1)
¶
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
¶
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENCODERCLK
TIM_CR2_MMS_3
¶
-
Encoder clock signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS_0
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS_1
-
Update event is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_CC1IF
(TIM_CR2_MMS_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS_2
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_1)
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENCODERCLK
TIM_CR2_MMS_3
-
Encoder clock signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS_0
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS_1
-
Update event is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_CC1IF
(TIM_CR2_MMS_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS_2
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS_1)
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS_0)
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENCODERCLK
TIM_CR2_MMS_3
-
Encoder clock signal is used as trigger output
-
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
0x00000000U
Trigger Output 2 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO2
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
¶
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0
¶
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
¶
-
Update event is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_CC1F
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
¶
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
¶
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5
TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
¶
-
OC5REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC6REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
¶
-
OC4REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC6REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2)
¶
-
OC4REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
¶
-
OC5REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC4REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
¶
-
OC5REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO2
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
-
Update event is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_CC1F
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5
TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
-
OC5REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC6REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC4REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC6REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2)
-
OC4REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC5REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC4REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC5REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TRGO2
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
-
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0
-
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
-
Update event is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_CC1F
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_1
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC1
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
-
OC1REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC2
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC2REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC3
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC3REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC4REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5
TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
-
OC5REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC6REFC signal is used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC4REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6_RISING_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC6REFC rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3
|
TIM_CR2_MMS2_2)
-
OC4REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_RISING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1)
-
OC5REFC or OC6REFC rising edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC4REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_FALLING
(TIM_CR2_MMS2_3 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_2 \
| TIM_CR2_MMS2_1 | TIM_CR2_MMS2_0)
-
OC5REFC rising or OC6REFC falling edges are used as trigger output 2
-
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
0x00000000U
Slave Mode ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_SLAVEMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
¶
-
Slave mode disabled
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
¶
-
Reset Mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Gated Mode - The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
¶
-
Trigger Mode - The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESET_TRIGGER
TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
¶
-
Combined reset + trigger mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_GATED_RESET
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
¶
-
Combined gated + reset mode
-
The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high. The counter stops and is reset) as soon as the trigger becomes low.Both startand stop of the counter are controlled.
-
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_SLAVEMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
-
Slave mode disabled
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
-
Reset Mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Gated Mode - The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Trigger Mode - The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESET_TRIGGER
TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
-
Combined reset + trigger mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_GATED_RESET
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Combined gated + reset mode
-
The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high. The counter stops and is reset) as soon as the trigger becomes low.Both startand stop of the counter are controlled.
-
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_SLAVEMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
-
Slave mode disabled
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
-
Reset Mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Gated Mode - The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_1)
-
Trigger Mode - The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESET_TRIGGER
TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
-
Combined reset + trigger mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_GATED_RESET
(TIM_SMCR_SMS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_SMS_0)
-
Combined gated + reset mode
-
The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high. The counter stops and is reset) as soon as the trigger becomes low.Both startand stop of the counter are controlled.
-
-
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
0x00000000U
SMS Preload Source ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_SMS_PRELOAD_SOURCE
- group TIM_LL_EC_SMS_PRELOAD_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_UPDATE
0x00000000U
-
The SMS preload transfer is triggered by the Timer’s Update event
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_INDEX
TIM_SMCR_SMSPS
-
The SMS preload transfer is triggered by the Index event
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_UPDATE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_SMS_PRELOAD_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_UPDATE
0x00000000U
-
The SMS preload transfer is triggered by the Timer’s Update event
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_INDEX
TIM_SMCR_SMSPS
-
The SMS preload transfer is triggered by the Index event
-
LL_TIM_SLAVE_MODE_PRELOAD_UPDATE
0x00000000U
Trigger Selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TS
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
¶
-
Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR1
TIM_SMCR_TS_0
¶
-
Internal Trigger 1 (ITR1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR2
TIM_SMCR_TS_1
¶
-
Internal Trigger 2 (ITR2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR3
(TIM_SMCR_TS_0
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
¶
-
Internal Trigger 3 (ITR3) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR4
TIM_SMCR_TS_3
¶
-
Internal Trigger 4 (ITR4) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR5
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
¶
-
Internal Trigger 5 (ITR5) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR6
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
¶
-
Internal Trigger 6 (ITR6) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR7
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
¶
-
Internal Trigger 7 (ITR7) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR8
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_2)
¶
-
Internal Trigger 8 (ITR8) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TIM_SMCR_TS_2
¶
-
TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
¶
-
Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
¶
-
Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI12P2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
¶
-
Filtered external Trigger (ETRF) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TS
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
-
Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR1
TIM_SMCR_TS_0
-
Internal Trigger 1 (ITR1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR2
TIM_SMCR_TS_1
-
Internal Trigger 2 (ITR2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR3
(TIM_SMCR_TS_0
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Internal Trigger 3 (ITR3) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR4
TIM_SMCR_TS_3
-
Internal Trigger 4 (ITR4) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR5
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Internal Trigger 5 (ITR5) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR6
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Internal Trigger 6 (ITR6) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR7
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Internal Trigger 7 (ITR7) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR8
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_2)
-
Internal Trigger 8 (ITR8) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TIM_SMCR_TS_2
-
TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI12P2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Filtered external Trigger (ETRF) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TS
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
-
Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR1
TIM_SMCR_TS_0
-
Internal Trigger 1 (ITR1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR2
TIM_SMCR_TS_1
-
Internal Trigger 2 (ITR2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR3
(TIM_SMCR_TS_0
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Internal Trigger 3 (ITR3) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR4
TIM_SMCR_TS_3
-
Internal Trigger 4 (ITR4) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR5
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Internal Trigger 5 (ITR5) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR6
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Internal Trigger 6 (ITR6) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR7
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Internal Trigger 7 (ITR7) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR8
(TIM_SMCR_TS_3
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_2)
-
Internal Trigger 8 (ITR8) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TIM_SMCR_TS_2
-
TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2
|
TIM_SMCR_TS_1)
-
Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI12P2) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
(TIM_SMCR_TS_2 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_TS_0)
-
Filtered external Trigger (ETRF) is used as trigger input
-
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
0x00000000U
External Trigger Polarity ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_POLARITY
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
-
ETR is non-inverted, active at high level or rising edge
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_INVERTED
TIM_SMCR_ETP
-
ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
-
ETR is non-inverted, active at high level or rising edge
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_INVERTED
TIM_SMCR_ETP
-
ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
-
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
External Trigger Prescaler ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_PRESCALER
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_PRESCALER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
ETR prescaler OFF
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV2
TIM_SMCR_ETPS_0
-
ETR frequency is divided by 2
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV4
TIM_SMCR_ETPS_1
-
ETR frequency is divided by 4
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV8
TIM_SMCR_ETPS
-
ETR frequency is divided by 8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_PRESCALER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
ETR prescaler OFF
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV2
TIM_SMCR_ETPS_0
-
ETR frequency is divided by 2
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV4
TIM_SMCR_ETPS_1
-
ETR frequency is divided by 4
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV8
TIM_SMCR_ETPS
-
ETR frequency is divided by 8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
0x00000000U
External Trigger Filter ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
TIM_SMCR_ETF
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
TIM_SMCR_ETF
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_ETR_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_1
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_1 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3
|
TIM_SMCR_ETF_2)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_0)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
(TIM_SMCR_ETF_3 | TIM_SMCR_ETF_2 \
| TIM_SMCR_ETF_1)
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
TIM_SMCR_ETF
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM1 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC2 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM2 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM3 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM4 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM4 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
TIM2_ETR is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD1
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD2
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD3
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
TIM2_ETR is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD1
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD2
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD3
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM5 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM5 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC_VSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DSI_TE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to DCMI HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to LTDC HSYNC
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ETR input is connected to TIM2 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to TIM3 ETR
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
External Trigger Source TIM8 ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
¶
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
¶
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
¶
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
¶
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
-
ETR input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ETR input is connected to ADC2 AWD1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_ETRSOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
ETR input is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0
-
ETR input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIK
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
-
ETR input is connected to HSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ETR input is connected to MSIS
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1)
-
ADC1 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_1
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 1
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 2
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3
(TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_3
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_2
|
TIM1_AF1_ETRSEL_0)
-
ADC4 analog watchdog 3
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO
0x00000000U
break polarity ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_POLARITY
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH
TIM_BDTR_BKP
-
Break input BRK is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH
TIM_BDTR_BKP
-
Break input BRK is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
break filter ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00010000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00020000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00030000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00040000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00050000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00060000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00070000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00080000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00090000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x000A0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x000B0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x000C0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x000D0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x000E0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x000F0000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00010000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00020000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00030000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00040000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00050000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00060000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00070000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00080000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00090000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x000A0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x000B0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x000C0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x000D0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x000E0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x000F0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00010000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00020000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00030000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00040000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00050000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00060000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00070000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00080000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00090000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x000A0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x000B0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x000C0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x000D0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x000E0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x000F0000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
BREAK2 POLARITY ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_POLARITY
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK2 is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
TIM_BDTR_BK2P
-
Break input BRK2 is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK2 is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
TIM_BDTR_BK2P
-
Break input BRK2 is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
0x00000000U
BREAK2 FILTER ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00100000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00200000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00300000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00400000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00500000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00600000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00700000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00800000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00900000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x00A00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x00B00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x00C00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x00D00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x00E00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x00F00000U
¶
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00100000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00200000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00300000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00400000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00500000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00600000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00700000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00800000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00900000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x00A00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x00B00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x00C00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x00D00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x00E00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x00F00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_FILTER
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
-
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
0x00100000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N4
0x00200000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N8
0x00300000U
-
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N6
0x00400000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV2_N8
0x00500000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N6
0x00600000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV4_N8
0x00700000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N6
0x00800000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV8_N8
0x00900000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N5
0x00A00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N6
0x00B00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV16_N8
0x00C00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N5
0x00D00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N6
0x00E00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
0x00F00000U
-
fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
0x00000000U
OSSI ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSI
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSI
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_OSSI
-
When inactive, OxC/OCxN outputs are first forced with their inactive level then forced to their idle level after the deadtime
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSI
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_OSSI
-
When inactive, OxC/OCxN outputs are first forced with their inactive level then forced to their idle level after the deadtime
-
LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
0x00000000U
OSSR ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSR
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_OSSR
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are enabled with their inactive level as soon as CCxE=1 or CCxNE=1
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_OSSR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
0x00000000U
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE
TIM_BDTR_OSSR
-
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are enabled with their inactive level as soon as CCxE=1 or CCxNE=1
-
LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
0x00000000U
BREAK INPUT ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_INPUT
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_INPUT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_1
0x00000000U
-
TIMx_BKIN input
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_2
0x00000001U
-
TIMx_BKIN2 input
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_INPUT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_1
0x00000000U
-
TIMx_BKIN input
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_2
0x00000001U
-
TIMx_BKIN2 input
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_1
0x00000000U
BKIN SOURCE ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
¶
-
BKIN input from AF controller
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_BKCMP1E
¶
-
internal signal: COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_BKCMP2E
¶
-
internal signal: COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_MDF1
TIM1_AF1_BKDF1BK0E
¶
-
internal signal: Digital filter break output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
-
BKIN input from AF controller
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_BKCMP1E
-
internal signal: COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_COMP2
TIM1_AF1_BKCMP2E
-
internal signal: COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_MDF1
TIM1_AF1_BKDF1BK0E
-
internal signal: Digital filter break output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
-
BKIN input from AF controller
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_COMP1
TIM1_AF1_BKCMP1E
-
internal signal: COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_MDF1
TIM1_AF1_BKDF1BK0E
-
internal signal: Digital filter break output
-
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_GPIO
TIM1_AF1_BKINE
BKIN POLARITY ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_POLARITY
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
-
BRK BKIN input is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_INVERTED
TIM1_AF1_BKINP
-
BRK BKIN input is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BKIN_POLARITY
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
-
BRK BKIN input is active high
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_INVERTED
TIM1_AF1_BKINP
-
BRK BKIN input is active low
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED
0x00000000U
BREAK AF MODE ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_AFMODE
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_AFMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK in input mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_BIDIRECTIONAL
TIM_BDTR_BKBID
-
Break input BRK in bidirectional mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_AFMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
-
Break input BRK in input mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_BIDIRECTIONAL
TIM_BDTR_BKBID
-
Break input BRK in bidirectional mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
BREAK2 AF MODE ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_AFMODE
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_AFMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
-
Break2 input BRK2 in input mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_BIDIRECTIONAL
TIM_BDTR_BK2BID
-
Break2 input BRK2 in bidirectional mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_AFMODE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
-
Break2 input BRK2 in input mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_BIDIRECTIONAL
TIM_BDTR_BK2BID
-
Break2 input BRK2 in bidirectional mode
-
LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT
0x00000000U
DMA Burst Base Address ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_BASEADDR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIMx_CR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR2
TIM_DCR_DBA_0
¶
-
TIMx_CR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SMCR
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
¶
-
TIMx_SMCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DIER
(TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_DIER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SR
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
¶
-
TIMx_SR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_EGR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_EGR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_CCMR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_CCMR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCER
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
¶
-
TIMx_CCER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CNT
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_CNT register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_PSC
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_PSC register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ARR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_ARR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_RCR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
¶
-
TIMx_RCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_CCR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_CCR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1 | TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_CCR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR4
TIM_DCR_DBA_4
¶
-
TIMx_CCR4 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_BDTR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_BDTR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR5
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_CCR5 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR6
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_CCR6 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
¶
-
TIMx_CCMR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DTR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_DTR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ECR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_ECR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_TISEL
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_TISEL register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3)
¶
-
TIMx_AF1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
¶
-
TIMx_AF2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_OR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
¶
-
TIMx_OR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_BASEADDR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
-
TIMx_CR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR2
TIM_DCR_DBA_0
-
TIMx_CR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SMCR
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
-
TIMx_SMCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DIER
(TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_DIER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SR
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
-
TIMx_SR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_EGR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_EGR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCMR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCMR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCER
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
-
TIMx_CCER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CNT
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CNT register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_PSC
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_PSC register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ARR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_ARR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_RCR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
-
TIMx_RCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1 | TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR4
TIM_DCR_DBA_4
-
TIMx_CCR4 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_BDTR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_BDTR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR5
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCR5 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR6
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR6 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
-
TIMx_CCMR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DTR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_DTR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ECR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_ECR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_TISEL
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_TISEL register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3)
-
TIMx_AF1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_AF2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_OR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_OR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_BASEADDR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
-
TIMx_CR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR2
TIM_DCR_DBA_0
-
TIMx_CR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SMCR
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
-
TIMx_SMCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DIER
(TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_DIER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SR
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
-
TIMx_SR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_EGR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_EGR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCMR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_2 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCMR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCER
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
-
TIMx_CCER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CNT
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CNT register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_PSC
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_PSC register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ARR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_ARR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_RCR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
-
TIMx_RCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_3 | TIM_DCR_DBA_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBA_1 | TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR4
TIM_DCR_DBA_4
-
TIMx_CCR4 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_BDTR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_BDTR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR5
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_CCR5 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR6
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_CCR6 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR3
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2)
-
TIMx_CCMR3 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DTR2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_DTR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ECR
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_ECR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_TISEL
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_TISEL register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3)
-
TIMx_AF1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF2
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_0)
-
TIMx_AF2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_OR1
(TIM_DCR_DBA_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBA_1)
-
TIMx_OR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
0x00000000U
DMA Burst Length ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_LENGTH
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
¶
-
Transfer is done to 1 register starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_2TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_0
¶
-
Transfer is done to 2 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_3TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
¶
-
Transfer is done to 3 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_4TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 4 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_5TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
¶
-
Transfer is done to 5 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_6TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 6 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_7TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_8TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 1 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_9TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
¶
-
Transfer is done to 9 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_10TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 10 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_11TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 11 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_12TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 12 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_13TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 13 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_14TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 14 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_15TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 15 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_16TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1 | TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 16 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_17TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_4
¶
-
Transfer is done to 17 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_18TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 18 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_19TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 19 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_20TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 20 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_21TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 21 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_22TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 22 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_23TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 23 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_24TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 24 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_25TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 25 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_26TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 26 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_27TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
¶
-
Transfer is done to 27 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_LENGTH
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
-
Transfer is done to 1 register starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_2TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_0
-
Transfer is done to 2 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_3TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
-
Transfer is done to 3 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_4TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 4 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_5TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
-
Transfer is done to 5 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_6TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 6 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_7TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_8TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 1 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_9TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
-
Transfer is done to 9 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_10TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 10 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_11TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 11 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_12TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 12 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_13TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
-
Transfer is done to 13 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_14TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 14 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_15TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 15 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_16TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1 | TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 16 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_17TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_4
-
Transfer is done to 17 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_18TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 18 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_19TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 19 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_20TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 20 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_21TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
-
Transfer is done to 21 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_22TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 22 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_23TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 23 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_24TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 24 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_25TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3)
-
Transfer is done to 25 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_26TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 26 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_27TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 27 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_LENGTH
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
-
Transfer is done to 1 register starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_2TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_0
-
Transfer is done to 2 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_3TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
-
Transfer is done to 3 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_4TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 4 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_5TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
-
Transfer is done to 5 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_6TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 6 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_7TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_8TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_2 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 1 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_9TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
-
Transfer is done to 9 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_10TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 10 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_11TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 11 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_12TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_1 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 12 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_13TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
-
Transfer is done to 13 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_14TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 14 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_15TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 15 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_16TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_3 | TIM_DCR_DBL_2 \
| TIM_DCR_DBL_1 | TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 16 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_17TRANSFERS
TIM_DCR_DBL_4
-
Transfer is done to 17 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_18TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 18 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_19TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 19 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_20TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 20 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_21TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2)
-
Transfer is done to 21 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_22TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 22 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_23TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 23 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_24TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 24 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_25TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3)
-
Transfer is done to 25 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_26TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_0)
-
Transfer is done to 26 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_27TRANSFERS
(TIM_DCR_DBL_4
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_3
|
TIM_DCR_DBL_1)
-
Transfer is done to 27 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
0x00000000U
DMA Burst Source ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
¶
-
Transfer source is update event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC1
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
¶
-
Transfer source is CC1 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC2
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
¶
-
Transfer source is CC2 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC3
TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
¶
-
Transfer source is CC3 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC4
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
¶
-
Transfer source is CC4 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_COM
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1)
¶
-
Transfer source is COM event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_TRGI
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
¶
-
Transfer source is trigger event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
-
Transfer source is update event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC1
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
-
Transfer source is CC1 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC2
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is CC2 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC3
TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
-
Transfer source is CC3 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC4
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is CC4 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_COM
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1)
-
Transfer source is COM event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_TRGI
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is trigger event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
- group TIM_LL_EC_DMABURST_SOURCE
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
-
Transfer source is update event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC1
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
-
Transfer source is CC1 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC2
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is CC2 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC3
TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
-
Transfer source is CC3 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_CC4
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is CC4 event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_COM
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1)
-
Transfer source is COM event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_TRGI
(TIM_DCR_DBSS_2
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_1
|
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0)
-
Transfer source is trigger event
-
LL_TIM_DMABURST_UPD
TIM_DCR_DBSS_0
TIM1 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI1_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM1 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM1 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM1 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM1_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM2 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI1_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM16 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI2_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_1
-
TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM2 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM2 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI4_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI4SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI4SEL_1
-
TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM2_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI4SEL_0
-
TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM3 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI1_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM3 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI2_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_1
-
TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM3 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM3 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM3_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM4 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI1_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM4 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI2_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_1
-
TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM4 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM4 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM4_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM5 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM5 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI2_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_1
-
TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM5 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM5 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM5_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM8 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI1_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM8 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM8 External Input Ch3 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI3_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM8 External Input Ch4 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM8_TI4_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM15 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
¶
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
¶
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM15 External Input Ch2 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI2_RMP
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2
TIM_TISEL_TI2SEL_0
-
TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM15_TI2_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM16 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM16_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM16_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM16_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
TIM17 External Input Ch1 Remap ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM17_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
¶
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM17_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_TIM17_TI1_RMP
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE Div32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_2
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_1
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256
(TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_3
|
TIM_TISEL_TI1SEL_0)
-
TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO
0x00000000U
OCREF clear input selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCREF_CLR_INT
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCREF_CLR_INT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR
TIM_SMCR_OCCS
-
OCREF_CLR_INT is connected to ETRF
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1
0x00000000U
-
OCREF clear input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP2
TIM1_AF2_OCRSEL_0
-
OCREF clear input is connected to COMP2_OUT
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR
TIM_SMCR_OCCS
- group TIM_LL_EC_OCREF_CLR_INT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR
TIM_SMCR_OCCS
-
OCREF_CLR_INT is connected to ETRF
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1
0x00000000U
-
OCREF clear input is connected to COMP1_OUT
-
LL_TIM_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR
TIM_SMCR_OCCS
index direction selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_DIR
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_DIR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter whatever the direction
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP
TIM_ECR_IDIR_0
-
Index resets the counter when up-counting only
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_DOWN
TIM_ECR_IDIR_1
-
Index resets the counter when down-counting only
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP_DOWN
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_DIR
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter whatever the direction
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP
TIM_ECR_IDIR_0
-
Index resets the counter when up-counting only
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_DOWN
TIM_ECR_IDIR_1
-
Index resets the counter when down-counting only
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_UP_DOWN
0x00000000U
index blanking selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_BLANK
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_BLANK
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_ALWAYS
0x00000000U
-
Index always active
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_TI3
TIM_ECR_IBLK_0
-
Index disabled when TI3 input is active, as per CC3P bitfield
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_TI4
TIM_ECR_IBLK_1
-
Index disabled when TI4 input is active, as per CC4P bitfield
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_ALWAYS
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_BLANK
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_ALWAYS
0x00000000U
-
Index always active
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_TI3
TIM_ECR_IBLK_0
-
Index disabled when TI3 input is active, as per CC3P bitfield
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_TI4
TIM_ECR_IBLK_1
-
Index disabled when TI4 input is active, as per CC4P bitfield
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_BLANK_ALWAYS
0x00000000U
index positioning selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_POSITION
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
¶
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 00
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
¶
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 01
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_DOWN
TIM_ECR_IPOS_1
¶
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 10
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_UP
(TIM_ECR_IPOS_1 \
| TIM_ECR_IPOS_0)
¶
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 11
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN
0x00000000U
¶
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 0
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
¶
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 1
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_POSITION
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 00
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 01
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_DOWN
TIM_ECR_IPOS_1
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 10
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_UP
(TIM_ECR_IPOS_1 \
| TIM_ECR_IPOS_0)
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 11
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 0
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 1
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_INDEX_POSITION
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 00
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 01
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_DOWN
TIM_ECR_IPOS_1
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 10
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP_UP
(TIM_ECR_IPOS_1 \
| TIM_ECR_IPOS_0)
-
Index resets the counter when AB = 11
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN
0x00000000U
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 0
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_UP
TIM_ECR_IPOS_0
-
Index resets the counter when clock is 1
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_POSITION_DOWN_DOWN
0x00000000U
first index selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_FIRST_INDEX
- group TIM_LL_EC_FIRST_INDEX
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_ALL
0x00000000U
-
Index is always active
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_FIRST_ONLY
TIM_ECR_FIDX
-
The first Index only resets the counter
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_ALL
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_FIRST_INDEX
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_ALL
0x00000000U
-
Index is always active
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_FIRST_ONLY
TIM_ECR_FIDX
-
The first Index only resets the counter
-
LL_TIM_INDEX_ALL
0x00000000U
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_PWPRSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 1
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV2
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 2
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV4
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 4
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV8
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 8
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV16
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 16
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV32
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 32
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV64
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1)
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 64
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV128
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2 | TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1 \
| TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
¶
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 128
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_PWPRSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 1
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV2
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 2
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV4
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 4
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV8
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 8
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV16
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 16
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV32
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 32
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV64
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 64
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV128
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2 | TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1 \
| TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 128
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
- group TIM_LL_EC_PWPRSC
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 1
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV2
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 2
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV4
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 4
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV8
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 8
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV16
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 16
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV32
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 32
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV64
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2
|
TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 64
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV128
(TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_2 | TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_1 \
| TIM_ECR_PWPRSC_0)
-
Pulse on compare pulse width prescaler 128
-
LL_TIM_PWPRSC_DIV1
0x00000000U
Software Event ¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_SW_EVENT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
¶
-
Update generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC1
TIM_EGR_CC1G
¶
-
Capture/Compare 1 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC2
TIM_EGR_CC2G
¶
-
Capture/Compare 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC3
TIM_EGR_CC3G
¶
-
Capture/Compare 3 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC4
TIM_EGR_CC4G
¶
-
Capture/Compare 4 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_COM
TIM_EGR_COMG
¶
-
Commutation generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_TRGI
TIM_EGR_TG
¶
-
Trigger generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK
TIM_EGR_BG
¶
-
Break generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK2
TIM_EGR_B2G
¶
-
Break 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
¶
- group TIM_LL_EC_SW_EVENT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
-
Update generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC1
TIM_EGR_CC1G
-
Capture/Compare 1 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC2
TIM_EGR_CC2G
-
Capture/Compare 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC3
TIM_EGR_CC3G
-
Capture/Compare 3 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC4
TIM_EGR_CC4G
-
Capture/Compare 4 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_COM
TIM_EGR_COMG
-
Commutation generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_TRGI
TIM_EGR_TG
-
Trigger generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK
TIM_EGR_BG
-
Break generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK2
TIM_EGR_B2G
-
Break 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
- group TIM_LL_EC_SW_EVENT
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
-
Update generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC1
TIM_EGR_CC1G
-
Capture/Compare 1 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC2
TIM_EGR_CC2G
-
Capture/Compare 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC3
TIM_EGR_CC3G
-
Capture/Compare 3 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_CC4
TIM_EGR_CC4G
-
Capture/Compare 4 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_COM
TIM_EGR_COMG
-
Commutation generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_TRGI
TIM_EGR_TG
-
Trigger generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK
TIM_EGR_BG
-
Break generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_BRK2
TIM_EGR_B2G
-
Break 2 generation
-
LL_TIM_SW_EVENT_UPD
TIM_EGR_UG
LL TIM Macros ¶
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Macros
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
¶
-
HELPER macro retrieving the UIFCPY flag from the counter value.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY ( LL_TIM_GetCounter ());
Note
Relevant only if UIF flag remapping has been enabled (UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31)
- Parameters :
-
-
cnt – Counter value
-
- Return values :
-
UIF – status bit
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME
(
tim_clk
,
clk_div
,
dt
)
(
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))
<
((
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1
+1U)
*
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS
((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U) /
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS ((tim_clk), (clk_div))) & LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1) : \
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((64U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2 +1U)) * 2U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_2 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 1U) - (uint8_t) 64) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3 +1U)) * 8U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_3 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 3U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4 +1U)) * 16U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_4 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 4U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4)) :\
0U)
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating DTG[0:7] in the TIMx_BDTR register to achieve the requested dead time duration.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME(80000000, LL_TIM_GetClockDivision() , 120);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
clk_div – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dt – deadtime duration (in ns)
-
- Return values :
-
DTG[0:7] –
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PSC
(
tim_clk
,
cnt_clk
)
(((tim_clk)
>=
(cnt_clk))
?
(uint32_t)((((tim_clk)
+
(cnt_clk)/2U)/(cnt_clk))
-
1U)
:
0U)
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the prescaler value to achieve the required counter clock frequency.
Note
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
cnt_clk – counter clock frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc)
+
1U))
>=
(freq))
?
(((tim_clk)/((freq)
*
((psc)
+
1U)))
-
1U)
:
0U)
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc) + 1U)) >= (freq)) ? \
(uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * 16U/((freq) * ((psc) + 1U))) - 16U)) : 0U)
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay)) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value required to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay) * 16U) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay)))) ¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay)))) ¶
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO
(
ic_psc
)
((uint32_t)(0x01U
<<
(((ic_psc)
>>
16U)
>>
TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_Pos)))
¶
-
HELPER macro retrieving the ratio of the input capture prescaler.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO( LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler() );
- Parameters :
-
-
ic_psc – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Input – capture prescaler ratio (1, 2, 4 or 8)
Defines
-
LL_TIM_WRITE_REG
(
instance
,
reg
,
value
)
STM32_WRITE_REG((instance)->reg,
(value))
¶
-
Write a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be written
-
value – Value to be written in the register
-
-
LL_TIM_READ_REG
(
instance
,
reg
)
STM32_READ_REG((instance)->reg)
¶
-
Read a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be read
-
- Return values :
-
Register – value
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
¶
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Macros
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
-
HELPER macro retrieving the UIFCPY flag from the counter value.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY ( LL_TIM_GetCounter ());
Note
Relevant only if UIF flag remapping has been enabled (UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31)
- Parameters :
-
-
cnt – Counter value
-
- Return values :
-
UIF – status bit
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME
(
tim_clk
,
clk_div
,
dt
)
(
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))
<
((
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1
+1U)
*
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS
((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U) /
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS ((tim_clk), (clk_div))) & LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1) : \
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((64U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2 +1U)) * 2U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_2 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 1U) - (uint8_t) 64) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3 +1U)) * 8U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_3 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 3U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4 +1U)) * 16U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_4 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 4U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4)) :\
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating DTG[0:7] in the TIMx_BDTR register to achieve the requested dead time duration.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME(80000000, LL_TIM_GetClockDivision() , 120);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
clk_div – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dt – deadtime duration (in ns)
-
- Return values :
-
DTG[0:7] –
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PSC
(
tim_clk
,
cnt_clk
)
(((tim_clk)
>=
(cnt_clk))
?
(uint32_t)((((tim_clk)
+
(cnt_clk)/2U)/(cnt_clk))
-
1U)
:
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the prescaler value to achieve the required counter clock frequency.
Note
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
cnt_clk – counter clock frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc)
+
1U))
>=
(freq))
?
(((tim_clk)/((freq)
*
((psc)
+
1U)))
-
1U)
:
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc) + 1U)) >= (freq)) ? \
(uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * 16U/((freq) * ((psc) + 1U))) - 16U)) : 0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay)) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value required to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay) * 16U) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO
(
ic_psc
)
((uint32_t)(0x01U
<<
(((ic_psc)
>>
16U)
>>
TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_Pos)))
-
HELPER macro retrieving the ratio of the input capture prescaler.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO( LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler() );
- Parameters :
-
-
ic_psc – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Input – capture prescaler ratio (1, 2, 4 or 8)
Defines
-
LL_TIM_WRITE_REG
(
instance
,
reg
,
value
)
STM32_WRITE_REG((instance)->reg,
(value))
-
Write a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be written
-
value – Value to be written in the register
-
-
LL_TIM_READ_REG
(
instance
,
reg
)
STM32_READ_REG((instance)->reg)
-
Read a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be read
-
- Return values :
-
Register – value
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Macros
-
Defines
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
-
HELPER macro retrieving the UIFCPY flag from the counter value.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY ( LL_TIM_GetCounter ());
Note
Relevant only if UIF flag remapping has been enabled (UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31)
- Parameters :
-
-
cnt – Counter value
-
- Return values :
-
UIF – status bit
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME
(
tim_clk
,
clk_div
,
dt
)
(
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))
<
((
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1
+1U)
*
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS
((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U) /
LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS ((tim_clk), (clk_div))) & LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_1) : \
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((64U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2 +1U)) * 2U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_2 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 1U) - (uint8_t) 64) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_2)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3 +1U)) * 8U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_3 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 3U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_3)) :\
(((uint64_t)((dt)*1000U)) < ((32U + (
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4 +1U)) * 16U * LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), (clk_div)))) ? \
(uint8_t)(
LL_TIM_DT_RANGE_4 | ((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((((uint64_t)(dt)*1000U))/ LL_TIM_TIM_CALC_DTS((tim_clk), \
(clk_div))) >> 4U) - (uint8_t) 32) &
LL_TIM_DT_DELAY_4)) :\
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating DTG[0:7] in the TIMx_BDTR register to achieve the requested dead time duration.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME(80000000, LL_TIM_GetClockDivision() , 120);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
clk_div – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dt – deadtime duration (in ns)
-
- Return values :
-
DTG[0:7] –
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PSC
(
tim_clk
,
cnt_clk
)
(((tim_clk)
>=
(cnt_clk))
?
(uint32_t)((((tim_clk)
+
(cnt_clk)/2U)/(cnt_clk))
-
1U)
:
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the prescaler value to achieve the required counter clock frequency.
Note
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
cnt_clk – counter clock frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc)
+
1U))
>=
(freq))
?
(((tim_clk)/((freq)
*
((psc)
+
1U)))
-
1U)
:
0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
freq
)
((((tim_clk)/((psc) + 1U)) >= (freq)) ? \
(uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * 16U/((freq) * ((psc) + 1U))) - 16U)) : 0U)
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10000);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
freq – output signal frequency (in Hz)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay)) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value required to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
)
((uint32_t)(((uint64_t)(tim_clk) * (uint64_t)(delay) * 16U) \
/ ((uint64_t)1000000U * (uint64_t)((psc) + 1U))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the compare value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required timer output compare active/inactive delay.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Compare – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER
(
tim_clk
,
psc
,
delay
,
pulse
)
((uint32_t)(
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER
((tim_clk), (psc), (pulse)) \
+
LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER ((tim_clk), (psc), (delay))))
-
HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value, with dithering feature enabled, to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer operates in one pulse mode).
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE_DITHER(1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler() , 10, 20);
- Parameters :
-
-
tim_clk – timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
-
psc – prescaler
-
delay – timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
-
pulse – pulse duration (in us)
-
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO
(
ic_psc
)
((uint32_t)(0x01U
<<
(((ic_psc)
>>
16U)
>>
TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_Pos)))
-
HELPER macro retrieving the ratio of the input capture prescaler.
Note
e.g. LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO( LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler() );
- Parameters :
-
-
ic_psc – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Input – capture prescaler ratio (1, 2, 4 or 8)
Defines
-
LL_TIM_WRITE_REG
(
instance
,
reg
,
value
)
STM32_WRITE_REG((instance)->reg,
(value))
-
Write a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be written
-
value – Value to be written in the register
-
-
LL_TIM_READ_REG
(
instance
,
reg
)
STM32_READ_REG((instance)->reg)
-
Read a value in TIM register.
- Parameters :
-
-
instance – TIM Instance
-
reg – Register to be read
-
- Return values :
-
Register – value
-
LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
(
cnt
)
(STM32_READ_BIT((cnt),
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY)
>>
TIM_CNT_UIFCPY_Pos)
LL TIM Functions ¶
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
¶
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
-
Counter overflow/underflow
-
Setting the UG bit
-
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
¶
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
¶
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
¶
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
¶
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
¶
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
¶
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
For advanced timer instances repetition_counter can be up to 65535.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
const
uint32_t
Counter
)
¶
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
¶
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
¶
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
¶
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
¶
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
¶
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
¶
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
¶
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutpu
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
¶
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
¶
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
¶
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
¶
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
¶
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
¶
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
¶
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
¶
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
¶
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
¶
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
¶
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
¶
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
¶
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
¶
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
¶
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
¶
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
¶
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer Instance
-
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
¶
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
¶
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
¶
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
¶
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescaler.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
¶
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
¶
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
¶
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
¶
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
¶
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
¶
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
¶
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
¶
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
¶
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
¶
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
¶
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
¶
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
¶
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
¶
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
¶
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
¶
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
¶
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
¶
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
¶
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
¶
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
¶
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
¶
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
¶
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
¶
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
remap
)
¶
-
Remap TIM inputs (input channel, internal/external triggers).
Below description summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Remap” param combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
remap – Remap param depends on the timx. Description available only in CHM version of the User Manual (not in .pdf). Otherwise see Reference Manual description of TISEL registers.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get TIM input (input channel, internal/external triggers).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM3: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM4: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM5: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM16: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 TIM17: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
Note
The Cut1.x contains a limitation when using HSE/32 as input capture for TIM16
Note
Bug ID 56: On TIM16, the HSE/32 input capture requires the set of HSE32EN bit of TIM17 Option Register
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether request for HSE/32 clock is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
¶
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
¶
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
¶
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
¶
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
¶
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
-
Counter overflow/underflow
-
Setting the UG bit
-
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
For advanced timer instances repetition_counter can be up to 65535.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
const
uint32_t
Counter
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutpu
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer Instance
-
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescaler.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
remap
)
-
Remap TIM inputs (input channel, internal/external triggers).
Below description summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Remap” param combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
remap – Remap param depends on the timx. Description available only in CHM version of the User Manual (not in .pdf). Otherwise see Reference Manual description of TISEL registers.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get TIM input (input channel, internal/external triggers).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM3: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM4: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM5: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM16: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 TIM17: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
Note
The Cut1.x contains a limitation when using HSE/32 as input capture for TIM16
Note
Bug ID 56: On TIM16, the HSE/32 input capture requires the set of HSE32EN bit of TIM17 Option Register
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether request for HSE/32 clock is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
-
Counter overflow/underflow
-
Setting the UG bit
-
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported), the break/break2 filters and the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
For advanced timer instances repetition_counter can be up to 65535.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
const
uint32_t
Counter
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutpu
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER .
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32 bits counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer Instance
-
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescaler.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM1_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 TIM2: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LSE @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM2_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM3: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_TIM4_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM3_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM4: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_TIM5_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM4_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM5: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_VSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM2_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_TIM3_ETR @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DSI_TE (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_DCMI_HSYNC (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM5_ETRSOURCE_LTDC_HSYNC (*) TIM8: one of the following values: @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_GPIO @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_COMP2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIK @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_HSI @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_MSIS @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD1 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD2 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC2_AWD3 (*) @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC1_AWD3 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD1 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD2 @arg @ref LL_TIM_TIM8_ETRSOURCE_ADC4_AWD3 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
-
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
-
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKDF1BK0E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2DF1BK1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined in all devices.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance allows for break input selection.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
remap
)
-
Remap TIM inputs (input channel, internal/external triggers).
Below description summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Remap” param combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_SetRemap
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4
-
LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
remap – Remap param depends on the timx. Description available only in CHM version of the User Manual (not in .pdf). Otherwise see Reference Manual description of TISEL registers.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get TIM input (input channel, internal/external triggers).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_GetRemap
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM1 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_RMP_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM3: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM3 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM3 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM4: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM4 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM4 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM5: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM5 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM5 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP1: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM5 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI2 is connected to GPIO . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI3 is connected to GPIO . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_RMP_GPIO: TIM8 TI4 is connected to GPIO TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP1: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_GPIO: TIM15 TI2 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_RMP_COMP2: TIM15 TI2 is connected to COMP2 output (*) TIM16: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 TIM17: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_GPIO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MCO: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSE_DIV32: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_RTC_WKUP: TIM17 TI1 is connected to RTC Wakeup @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSE: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSE @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_LSI: TIM17 TI1 is connected to LSI @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV1024: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/1024 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_MSIS_DIV4: TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSIS/4 @arg LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_RMP_HSI_DIV256: TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSI/256 (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_EnableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
Note
The Cut1.x contains a limitation when using HSE/32 as input capture for TIM16
Note
Bug ID 56: On TIM16, the HSE/32 input capture requires the set of HSE32EN bit of TIM17 Option Register
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable request for HSE/32 clock used for TISEL remap.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_DisableHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether request for HSE/32 clock is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR1 HSE32EN LL_TIM_IsEnabledHSE32
Note
Only TIM16 and TIM17 support HSE/32 remap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
-
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
(*) Value not defined in all devices. \n
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable update DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UEDE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
void
LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
LPTIM_TypeDef
*
lptimx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
lptimx – Low-Power Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
-
timx – Timer instance
-
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)